{"title":"Bench \u0026 Window Seat Cushions","description":"\u003cp\u003eCustom bench cushions and window seat cushions for any length, depth or shape. Made to order for dining benches, banquettes, mudroom and entryway benches, bay windows, piano benches and outdoor benches, in Sunbrella, velvet, leather, Ultraleather, Warwick and Gabriel fabrics.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCut to your exact measurements, including angled bay window shapes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEdge-to-edge zippers, optional piping and ties\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndoor and outdoor fabrics and foam grades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo minimum order, so one cushion or a full set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-jockey-red-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas Jockey Red Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eClassic and spirited, \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas Jockey Red\u003c\/strong\u003e is a true, bold red that brings energy to any seating area. The canvas weave is solution-dyed acrylic, so it resists fading and mildew and wipes clean after a cookout. Use it for porch rocker cushions, a set of outdoor chair cushions on a white deck, or a mudroom bench by the back door. Red pairs well with navy, white and natural wood for a classic American look. Every cushion is cut to your exact measurements, with optional white piping, ties and a zippered cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44416725025003,"sku":"5403-0000","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Canvas-Jockey-Red-Cushion.jpg?v=1720300055"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-antique-beige-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas Antique Beige Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eA neutral that never fights with other colors, \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas Antique Beige\u003c\/strong\u003e brings warmth without drama. Its solution-dyed canvas weave resists fading and mildew and cleans easily, so it works indoors and out. Choose it for a kitchen banquette, a patio sectional, or outdoor dining chair cushions around a teak table. Beige pairs well with brick, terracotta pots and dark bronze furniture. Add striped or patterned pillows to bring in color. Each cushion is made to your size and shape with your choice of foam, piping and ties. In-stock fabrics ship in about two weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44417023836395,"sku":"SJA-5422-137","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Canvas-Antique-Beige-Cushion.jpg?v=1720300076"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-black-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas Black Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eBold and graphic, \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas Black\u003c\/strong\u003e gives outdoor furniture a strong, modern edge. The solution-dyed canvas holds its deep color in full sun, resists mildew and cleans easily. Use it for black outdoor cushions on a white Adirondack set, a sleek sectional on a city rooftop, or a bench in a contemporary entryway. It pairs well with white walls, light concrete and natural teak. Add a white welt cord to outline the shape. We cut each cushion to your measurements, any shape, with the foam of your choice and optional ties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44417066139883,"sku":"SJA-5408-137","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Canvas-Black-Cushion.jpg?v=1702417145"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-burgundy-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas Burgundy Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eDeep wine red gives \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas Burgundy\u003c\/strong\u003e a classic, warm character. The solution-dyed canvas weave holds its color in strong sun and resists mildew, so it suits fully outdoor spaces. Choose it for a traditional porch with white columns, cushions for a wrought iron dining set, or a bench by a brick fireplace patio. It pairs well with dark green, cream and aged bronze. For a lodge feel, add plaid pillows. Each cushion is made to your size, in any shape, with optional piping and a zippered cover. Expect about two weeks for in-stock fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44417081475307,"sku":"SJA-5436-137","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Canvas-Burgundy-Cushion.jpg?v=1720300117"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-granite-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas Granite Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eSolid and grounded, \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas Granite\u003c\/strong\u003e is a medium gray with the steady look of stone. It is practical for busy patios, since the solution-dyed canvas resists fading and mildew. Use it for a sectional by the pool, cushions on a black aluminum dining set, or a bench on a covered porch. Granite pairs well with white trim, blue accents and natural teak. It works in coastal and modern homes alike. We cut your cushions to size, in any shape, with optional piping and the foam you prefer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44417091174635,"sku":"5402-0000","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Canvas-Granite-Cushion.jpg?v=1702417291"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-natural-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas Natural Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003ePlain and versatile, \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas Natural\u003c\/strong\u003e is a warm off-white that works with nearly any frame or decor. Solution-dyed acrylic resists fading and mildew and cleans easily, so it is a smart choice for busy households. Use it for replacement cushions on a teak outdoor set, a kitchen banquette, or a window seat in a cottage. Natural pairs well with navy, sage and terracotta accents. Each cushion is cut to your measurements in any shape, with your choice of foam, optional piping and ties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44417102676203,"sku":"SJA-5404-137","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/ericson-sofa-sunbrella-upholstery-canvas-natural-5404-0000_135214500.webp?v=1720300159"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-aruba-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas Aruba Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eIsland blue sets the mood with \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas Aruba\u003c\/strong\u003e, a bright, beachy shade in a canvas weave. Solution-dyed acrylic means the color holds up in strong sun and the fabric resists mildew. Choose it for pool chaise cushions, a cabana daybed, or boat cushions for a casual weekend cruiser. It looks great with white wicker, sandy beige stone and bleached teak. Add a striped throw pillow for a resort feel. We make every cushion to your exact measurements, with Dry Fast foam available for wet areas, plus optional piping and ties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44417112211691,"sku":"SJA-5416-137","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Canvas-Aruba-Cushion.jpg?v=1720300181"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-cocoa-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas Cocoa Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eWarm brown like hot chocolate, \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas Cocoa\u003c\/strong\u003e brings a cozy, earthy tone to outdoor rooms. The canvas weave is solution-dyed, so it keeps its color, resists mildew and is easy to wipe down. Choose it for cushions on a dark wicker set, a cedar porch swing, or a lodge-style bench by the cabin door. It pairs well with cream, rust and forest green accents. Cocoa also hides dirt well in high-traffic spots. Each cushion is made to your measurements, in any shape, with a zippered cover and your choice of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44417120600299,"sku":"5425-0000","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Canvas-Cocoa-Cushion.jpg?v=1720300204"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-forest-green-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas Forest Green Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eDeep, classic green makes \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas Forest Green\u003c\/strong\u003e feel at home in gardens and on traditional porches. It is solution-dyed acrylic, so the color resists fading and the fabric resists mildew. Use it for a garden bench, cushions on white wicker rockers, or a set of outdoor chair cushions around a dark wood table. It looks great with brick, cream trim and brass lanterns. A white welt makes it crisp. Each cushion is made to your measurements in any shape, with your choice of foam, optional ties and a zipper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44417128988907,"sku":"5446-0000","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Canvas-Forest-Green-Cushion.jpg?v=1720300226"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-sapphire-blue-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas Sapphire Blue Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eDeep jewel blue sets apart \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas Sapphire Blue\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is solution-dyed acrylic, so it resists fading and mildew and cleans easily. Use it for outdoor chair cushions on a white aluminum set, a window seat in a navy-and-white bedroom, or a pool lounger. Sapphire pairs well with white, gold and gray stone. It gives a bold, classic look. Every cushion is cut to your exact size, from a single seat pad to a full sectional, with your choice of foam, piping and a zippered cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44417134493931,"sku":"5452-0000","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Canvas-Sapphire-Blue-Cushion.jpg?v=1720300249"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-taupe-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas Taupe Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eEarthy and calm, \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas Taupe\u003c\/strong\u003e is a gray-brown neutral that works with many styles. Like every Sunbrella canvas, it fights fading and mildew, and most spills wipe right off. Choose it for a porch daybed, outdoor dining chair cushions, or a banquette in a kitchen nook. Taupe pairs well with cream, sage and dark wood. It brings quiet warmth to a space. Every cushion is made to order in your size and shape, with your choice of foam, piping and a zippered cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44417143636203,"sku":"5461-0000","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Canvas-Taupe-Cushion.jpg?v=1720300272"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-sunflower-yellow-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas Sunflower Yellow Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eBright, happy yellow fills \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas Sunflower Yellow\u003c\/strong\u003e with summer energy. Its solution-dyed fibers resist fading and mildew, so the color stays strong. Choose it for a porch swing, bistro chair cushions, or a kids' play bench. Sunflower Yellow pairs well with gray, white and navy. It looks especially cheerful on a white deck. Each cushion is made to order in your exact size and shape, with your choice of foam, optional piping and a zippered cover. If the fabric is in stock, your order ships in about two weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44417148420331,"sku":"5457-0000","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Canvas-Sunflower-Yellow-Cushion.jpg?v=1722568248"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-tuscan-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas Tuscan Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eGolden and warm, \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas Tuscan\u003c\/strong\u003e brings the sunlit tones of Italian countryside to outdoor seating. This solution-dyed canvas resists fading under strong summer light and holds up against mildew. Use it for a patio dining set under a pergola, a garden bench, or a sunroom chaise. Tuscan pairs well with terracotta, olive green and dark iron. It brings a relaxed, rustic look. Every cushion is made to order in your size and shape, with your choice of foam, optional piping and ties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44417150353643,"sku":"5417-0000","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Canvas-Tuscan-Cushion.jpg?v=1722568267"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-white-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas White Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eCrisp and clean, \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas White\u003c\/strong\u003e is a bright white canvas that brings a fresh, open feel. The solution-dyed acrylic resists fading and mildew and cleans easily, so white is more practical than you might think. Use it for a coastal porch swing, cushions on a black aluminum set, or a sunroom daybed. White pairs well with navy, gray and natural teak. Add colorful pillows for contrast. Each cushion is cut to your exact measurements, with your choice of foam, optional piping and a zipper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Canvas White","offer_id":48899816620267,"sku":"57003-0000","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Canvas-White-Cushion.jpg?v=1702417781"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-charcoal-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas Charcoal Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eRich charcoal gives \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas Charcoal\u003c\/strong\u003e a strong, grounded look on patios and porches. Solution-dyed acrylic means the fabric resists fading and mildew and is easy to clean. Use it for outdoor dining chair cushions, a deep-seat loveseat by the fire pit, or a covered porch swing. Charcoal pairs well with teak, white trim and bright accent pillows in coral or lime. It suits modern and classic homes. Each cushion is cut to your exact size, from a single seat pad to an L-shaped banquette, with foam and piping options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44417219199211,"sku":"SJA 3705 137","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Screenshot_2024-10-16_at_10.26.15_PM.webp?v=1744065005"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-heather-beige-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas Heather Beige Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eHeathered and soft, \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas Heather Beige\u003c\/strong\u003e has a gentle mix of tones that feels natural. The canvas fabric is solution-dyed acrylic, and it shrugs off sun, mildew and the odd spill. Choose it for a sunroom loveseat, rocking chair pads on a farmhouse porch, or a bay window seat in a family room. It pairs well with cream, sage and warm wood. The subtle texture hides small marks. Every cushion is made to your exact measurements, with a zippered cover and optional piping or ties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44417225031915,"sku":"SJA-5476 137","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Canvas-Heather-Beige-Cushion.jpg?v=1722568315"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-navy-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas Navy Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eNavy is a timeless outdoor color, and \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas Navy\u003c\/strong\u003e delivers it in a solution-dyed canvas weave that resists fading and mildew. Choose it for boat cushions on a sailboat, a porch swing on a white-trimmed porch, or chair cushions around a teak dining table. Navy pairs well with white, red and natural wood for a nautical look. A white welt adds crisp contrast. We make every cushion to order, any shape, with Dry Fast foam available for wet areas and a zippered cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48899815702763,"sku":"SJA-5439-137","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Canvas-Navy-Cushion.jpg?v=1702417858"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-waterproof-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas Waterproof Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eMade for spots that see a lot of rain, \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas Waterproof\u003c\/strong\u003e comes from our Waterproof Collection. This solution-dyed acrylic resists fading and mildew and cleans easily. Use it for uncovered patio chairs, a pool deck chaise, or a dock bench. It pairs well with teak, black aluminum and white wicker. Pair it with Dry Fast foam so water drains through. Each cushion is cut to your exact measurements in any shape, with optional piping and ties and a zippered cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44417277362411,"sku":"SJAWA 5453","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Canvas-Canvas-Cushion.jpg?v=1722568349"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-cyan-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas Cyan Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eClear, bright cyan defines \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas Cyan\u003c\/strong\u003e, a lively blue for outdoor spaces with energy. The solution-dyed canvas resists fading and mildew and cleans easily. Use it for sun pads on a pool deck, a kids' outdoor reading bench, or patio chair cushions on a white aluminum set. Cyan pairs well with white, sand and pops of orange. It looks especially fresh near water. Every cushion is made to your measurements, any shape, with your choice of foam. Most in-stock Sunbrella colors are ready to ship in roughly two weeks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44417282638059,"sku":"56105-0000","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Canvas-Cyan-Cushion.jpg?v=1722568367"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-mineral-blue-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas Mineral Blue Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eDusty and calm, \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas Mineral Blue\u003c\/strong\u003e is a muted blue that suits coastal and modern homes. After rain or a picnic, it wipes clean, and the solution-dyed color resists fading and mildew. Choose it for a covered porch swing, cushions for a white Adirondack set, or a long banquette in a sunroom. Mineral Blue pairs well with white, sand and soft gray. A white welt adds a crisp edge. Every cushion is cut to your exact measurements, in any shape, with your choice of foam and optional ties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44417291780331,"sku":"SJA-5420-137","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Canvas-Mineral-Blue-Cushion.jpg?v=1722568385"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-true-blue-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas True Blue Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eClassic and clear, \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas True Blue\u003c\/strong\u003e is a bright, honest blue for coastal and traditional spaces. Its solution-dyed fibers resist fading and mildew, so it works well near water. Use it for boat cushions, a porch swing on a white porch, or Adirondack chair cushions. True Blue pairs well with white, red and natural teak. A white welt adds crisp detail. Each cushion is cut to your exact size, with Dry Fast foam available for wet spots, optional ties and a zipper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44417302266091,"sku":"SJA-5499-137","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Canvas-True-Blue-Cushion.jpg?v=1702417955"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-logo-red-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas Logo Red Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eStrong and confident, \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas Logo Red\u003c\/strong\u003e is a vivid red that works well for branded or bold spaces. Solution-dyed acrylic keeps the color strong in sun and resists mildew. Think of it for restaurant patio chairs, a bright bench at a café entrance, or poolside chaise cushions at home. Logo Red pairs with white, black and gray for a clean, graphic look. We make every cushion to your exact measurements with no minimum order, so a single cushion or a full set are both welcome. Choose foam, piping and ties to finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44417494647019,"sku":"SJA-5477-137","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Canvas-Logo-Red-Cushion.jpg?v=1734202990"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-blend-linen-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Blend Linen Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eLinen texture without the worry comes with \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Blend Linen\u003c\/strong\u003e. This woven look in a soft beige tone has the relaxed feel of natural fabric while giving you outdoor acrylic that resists fading and mildew. It suits a modern farmhouse porch, a sunroom daybed, or a breakfast banquette where kids eat every morning. Weathered oak, rattan and white plaster walls all pair nicely. Spills clean up easily. We make each piece to order in your shape, from a simple rectangle to an L-shape, with your pick of foam and optional welt cord.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44417572700395,"sku":"16001-0014","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Blend-Linen-Cushion.jpg?v=1734203011"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-linen-sesame-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Linen Sesame Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eThink of \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Linen Sesame\u003c\/strong\u003e as the warm beige that goes with nearly everything. It pairs with teak, wicker of any color, and grey stone, and it lets patterned pillows shine. Use it on a patio sectional, a window seat cushion in the sunroom, or dining chair pads on a covered porch. The linen-style look feels relaxed and natural. Because it is solution-dyed Sunbrella, it resists fading and mildew and cleans easily. Choose the Dacron wrap for a fuller, rounded look, and we will finish it with a zippered cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44417592951019,"sku":"8318-0000","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Linen-Sesame-Cushion.jpg?v=1734203032"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-cabana-classic-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Cabana Classic Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eFew patterns say summer like \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Cabana Classic\u003c\/strong\u003e, a timeless cabana stripe from our Stripes Collection. Made of solution-dyed acrylic, it keeps its color under strong sun, resists mildew and cleans up without fuss. Use it for pool lounge cushions, a porch swing pad, or a set of deck chairs at a lake house. The stripes look sharp with white painted wood and natural teak. Pair a striped seat with a solid back cushion for a layered look. Your cushions are cut to size, filled with your choice of foam, and finished with a zipper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44417609367787,"sku":"58030-0000","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Cabana-Classic-Cushion.jpg?v=1734203052"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-berenson-tuxedo-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Berenson Tuxedo Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eSharp and tailored, \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Berenson Tuxedo\u003c\/strong\u003e is a striped outdoor fabric with the crisp look of formal dress. Its solution-dyed acrylic keeps the stripes bold through season after season of sun and resists mildew. Use it for custom outdoor cushions on a black aluminum dining set, a pair of poolside loungers, or a bench in a white-trimmed sunroom. It suits modern and classic homes alike, especially with white walls and chrome or brass accents. Every cushion is cut to your measurements, with a choice of foam, optional piping in a solid, and a zipper for easy cover removal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44417616216299,"sku":"8521-0000","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Berenson-Tuxedo-Cushion.jpg?v=1734203070"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-dolce-mango-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Dolce Mango Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eBright stripes in sunny mango tones make \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Dolce Mango\u003c\/strong\u003e a cheerful choice for summer seating. It shines on white Adirondack chairs, painted cottage furniture, and anything set near a pool. Use it for chaise cushions, a striped bench cushion on the back deck, or seat pads for a family picnic table. The yellow stays vivid because the acrylic is solution-dyed, and it resists mildew too. We take your measurements, foam choice, and any piping or ties, then sew each zippered cover to order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44417617592555,"sku":"56000-0000","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Dolce-Mango-Cushion.jpg?v=1734203090"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-foster-metallic-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Foster Metallic Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eStripes do not have to be loud, as \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Foster Metallic\u003c\/strong\u003e shows. Its cool, metallic-toned stripe sits well with black aluminum and glass tables, concrete planters, and grey composite decking. Try it on a modern rooftop sofa, a set of outdoor dining chair cushions, or a long bench along the pool fence. The pattern adds interest without fighting your other fabrics. Sunbrella acrylic resists fading and mildew and wipes clean with little effort. Order it in any shape, choose your foam, and add piping for a crisp finished edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44417622376683,"sku":"56051-0000","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Foster-Metallic-Cushion.jpg?v=1734203111"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-gateway-tamale-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Gateway Tamale Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eSpice up a plain patio with \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Gateway Tamale\u003c\/strong\u003e, a warm red that feels lively and welcoming. It looks great against terracotta pavers, dark wood, and cream stucco, and it suits Spanish-style and desert modern homes. Use it for outdoor dining chair cushions, a bench beside the outdoor kitchen, or a hanging chair on the porch. Red can fade fast in strong sun, but solution-dyed Sunbrella holds its color. Pick High Density, Luxury, Dry Fast, Super Soft, or a Dacron wrap, and we will build the cushion around it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44417624604907,"sku":"14088-0000","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Gateway-Tamale-Cushion.jpg?v=1734203133"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-gavin-mist-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Gavin Mist Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eSoft grey stripes give \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Gavin Mist\u003c\/strong\u003e a calm, tailored look that works almost anywhere. It pairs with whitewashed wood, light stone, and lots of greenery. It is a good fit for a sunroom daybed, a covered porch sofa, or replacement cushions for an older wicker set that needs fresh life. The gentle pattern hides less than a busy print but more than a plain solid. Send us the measurements of your old cushions and we will match the size, with a zippered cover and optional ties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44417627750635,"sku":"56052-0000","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Gavin-Mist-Cushion.jpg?v=1734203154"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-milano-char-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Milano Char Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eTailored and modern, \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Milano Char\u003c\/strong\u003e is a charcoal stripe with clean, confident lines. It pairs with black aluminum, white stucco, and potted olive trees. Try it on a modern sectional, a row of chaise lounges by the pool, or an outdoor banquette next to the dining table. The dark tone grounds lighter furniture and pale paving. Sunbrella fabric resists fading and mildew and cleans easily, which helps on busy patios. Choose High Density foam for a crisp, structured seat and add piping to sharpen the lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44417630568683,"sku":"56079-0000","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Milano-Char-Cushion.jpg?v=1734203174"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-relax-birch-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Relax Birch Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eScandinavian-style rooms love pale, natural color, which is why \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Relax Birch\u003c\/strong\u003e works so well in them. This light beige pairs with blond wood, white wicker, and sage greenery. Try it on a sunroom daybed, a porch swing, or a bench cushion in a bright entry where shoes come off. It sets a calm, airy mood. A light fabric has to clean up easily, and this one does, while also resisting fading and mildew. We make every cushion to order, in about two weeks when the fabric is in stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44418954854635,"sku":"RLX-B101-150","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Relax-Birch-Cushion.png?v=1702679529"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-relax-cloud-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Relax Cloud Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe name says it all. \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Relax Cloud\u003c\/strong\u003e is a light, restful grey for places where you plan to linger, like a screened porch daybed, a sunroom sofa, or a porch swing on a slow Sunday. White trim, teak, and touches of blue all sit nicely beside it. It is gentle enough for any style and hard to tire of. Sunbrella keeps its color in the sun and holds off mildew. Choose Super Soft foam to match the name, and we will cut it to your exact size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44418967535851,"sku":"RLX-B100-150","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Relax-Cloud-Cushion.png?v=1702679557"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-relax-graphite-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Relax Graphite Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eBright pillows need a strong backdrop, and \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Relax Graphite\u003c\/strong\u003e provides one. This dark graphite grey anchors a modern sectional, a ring of chairs around the fire pit, or a banquette in an outdoor kitchen. It looks especially good against light stone, white stucco, and warm wood. Darker cushions also make pale decking look crisp by contrast. The color is locked into the fiber, so it resists fading. Tell us the shape, from simple rectangles to L-shaped sections, and we will sew a zippered cover for each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44418976219371,"sku":"RLX-B119-150","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Relax-Graphite-Cushion.png?v=1702679584"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-relax-sand-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Relax Sand Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eBeach house or not, \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Relax Sand\u003c\/strong\u003e brings a warm, sandy calm to outdoor seating. It is the quiet base under blue pillows, rope details, and teak side tables. Good spots include a chaise by the pool, a front porch bench, and a sunroom sofa where the family gathers. Coastal and classic homes both suit it. Sun is no trouble for solution-dyed Sunbrella, which also resists mildew. No minimum order applies, and you can add ties to any cushion that needs to stay put.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44418990997739,"sku":"RLX-B102-150","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Relax-Sand-Cushion.png?v=1702679611"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-relax-stone-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Relax Stone Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eIn a traditional garden of flagstone paths, black iron, and boxwood hedges, \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Relax Stone\u003c\/strong\u003e fits like it was always there. This classic mid-tone grey is calm, reliable, and easy to match. Put it on a garden bench, a set of outdoor dining chairs, or a porch glider. It suits homes that favor timeless looks over trends. Sunbrella fabric holds its color and stands up to damp weather. Every cushion is built to order around the foam you choose, whether that is High Density, Luxury, Dry Fast, Super Soft, or a Dacron wrap.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44419006955755,"sku":"RLX-B118-150","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Relax-Stone-Cushion.png?v=1702679639"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-adriatic-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas Adriatic Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eNamed after a famous blue sea, \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas Adriatic\u003c\/strong\u003e is a canvas weave with a cool, watery tone. Solution-dyed acrylic keeps the color true in bright sun and resists mildew, so it can live by the pool all season. Use it for chaise cushions on a pool deck, a bench cushion along a stucco wall, or seat pads for a Mediterranean-style dining set. White, terracotta and natural stone bring out its color. Choose Dry Fast foam for spots that get wet often. Each cushion is cut to fit, with a zippered cover and optional piping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44419203039467,"sku":"SJA-3941-137","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Canvas-Adriatic-Cushion.png?v=1702679666"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-alphine-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas Alphine Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eCrisp and bright, \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas Alpine\u003c\/strong\u003e offers a clean light neutral that suits fresh, simple spaces. The canvas weave is solution-dyed acrylic, so it stays bright, resists mildew and wipes clean. Use it for a mudroom bench, a white-painted porch rocker, or cushions for a bay window that gets full sun. It pairs beautifully with black window frames, light oak and gray stone floors. If the cushion will be outdoors, ask for Dry Fast foam so water drains through. We make every piece to your measurements, with a zipper and optional piping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44419208511723,"sku":"SJA-3987-137","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Canvas-Alphine-Cushion.png?v=1702679693"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-arbor-pebble-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas Arbor Pebble Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eGray and beige meet in \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas Arbor Pebble\u003c\/strong\u003e, a soft, stony neutral with an easy, natural feel. The solution-dyed canvas resists fading and mildew, which makes it practical under a pergola or by the garden. Try it on a stone patio bench, chaise cushions next to a fire pit, or a set of rocking chair pads on the back porch. It pairs nicely with black metal, cedar and grey slate. This shade hides dust better than bright white, so it suits busy family spaces. We cut and sew each cushion to your measurements with the foam you choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44419216965867,"sku":"SJA-48009-00-137","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Canvas-Arbor-Pebble-Cushion.png?v=1702679719"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-ardoise-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas Ardoise Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eArdoise is the French word for slate, and \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas Ardoise\u003c\/strong\u003e carries that cool, stony character. As a solution-dyed acrylic canvas, it resists sun fading and mildew and wipes clean after a meal outdoors. Use it for a modern outdoor sofa, a bench cushion on a rooftop deck, or a window seat in a gray-toned study. Charcoal metal frames, white trim and concrete planters suit it well. It reads calm and grown-up. Send us any shape, from round to L-shaped, and choose foam, piping and ties to finish your cushion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44419222274283,"sku":"SJA-3737-137","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Canvas-Ardoise-Cushion.png?v=1702679746"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-blazer-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas Blazer Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eIf you want a solid with a tailored feel, look at \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas Blazer\u003c\/strong\u003e. This canvas weave comes from the same solution-dyed acrylic that keeps color steady in the sun and resists mildew. It suits a set of dining chair cushions in a covered outdoor kitchen, a porch daybed, or a mudroom bench where coats and boots pile up. Classic white trim and dark wood frames pair nicely with it. Order a sample first if you want to match it to your home. We build each cushion to order, with your foam, optional piping and a zipper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44419228729579,"sku":"SJA-3991-137","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Canvas-Blazer-Cushion.png?v=1702679772"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-blue-storm-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas Blue Storm Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eMoody and deep, \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas Blue Storm\u003c\/strong\u003e is a rich blue that feels both coastal and sophisticated. Its solution-dyed acrylic resists fading and mildew, and it cleans easily after salt spray or rain. Use it for a sailboat cockpit cushion, a lake house porch swing, or outdoor sofa cushions on a gray deck. It pairs well with white railings, brushed nickel and gray stone. A white piped edge gives it a crisp, nautical finish. Every cushion is cut to your size, with Dry Fast foam for wet spots and ties to hold it in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44419234562283,"sku":"SJA-3942-137","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Canvas-Blue-Storm-Cushion.png?v=1702679798"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-blush-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas Blush Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eSoft pink adds a gentle touch of color in \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas Blush\u003c\/strong\u003e. This canvas weave resists fading and mildew, so the shade stays fresh on a sunny patio. Use it for a garden bench cushion, bistro chair pads on a balcony, or a window seat in a girl's bedroom. Blush looks lovely with white wicker, brass accents and green plants. It pairs well with gray stone for a modern look too. We make each cushion to your measurements, in a rectangle, round or custom shape, with your choice of foam and optional ties to keep it in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44419246817515,"sku":"SJA-3965-137","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Canvas-Blush-Cushion.png?v=1702679825"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-canary-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas Canary Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eBright, sunny yellow makes \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas Canary\u003c\/strong\u003e a cheerful choice for outdoor spaces. The color is solution-dyed into the acrylic fibers, so it resists fading and mildew even in strong summer sun. Use it for a set of bistro chair cushions, a garden swing, or a playroom window seat. Canary pairs well with gray stone, white painted furniture and navy accents. A few yellow cushions can lift a plain patio quickly. We cut each cushion to your exact size, with your choice of foam, optional ties and a zippered cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44419255468267,"sku":"SJA-3984-137","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Canvas-Canary-Cushion.png?v=1702679878"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-charron-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas Charron Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eUnderstated and versatile, \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas Charron\u003c\/strong\u003e is a solid canvas weave for spaces that need a calm base. The solution-dyed acrylic resists fading and mildew and cleans easily, so it holds up on a sunny deck. Choose it for a set of patio chair cushions, a bench in a screened porch, or a sunroom daybed. It works with wood, wicker and metal frames alike. If you want to check the shade against your home first, order a sample. We make each cushion to order, with your size, foam and optional ties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44419707699435,"sku":"SJA-3944-137","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Canvas-Charron-Cushion.png?v=1702680455"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-curacao-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas Curacao Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eNamed for the Caribbean island, \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas Curacao\u003c\/strong\u003e is a canvas solid with a breezy, vacation feel. Solution-dyed acrylic keeps its color in bright sun and resists mildew. It is a natural fit for boat cushions on a pontoon, a cabana lounger, or a set of chair pads on a beach house deck. White wicker, pale teak and sandy stone suit it well. Pick Dry Fast foam for areas near water so it drains and dries. We cut each cushion to your exact dimensions, with optional piping and ties.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44419722805483,"sku":"SJA-3964-137","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Canvas-Curacao-Cushion.png?v=1702680482"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-dark-smoke-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas Dark Smoke Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eDeep gray with a hint of mist, \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas Dark Smoke\u003c\/strong\u003e gives seating a calm, modern look. The canvas weave is solution-dyed acrylic, which stands up to strong sun and damp mornings. Use it for a long outdoor sofa on a stone terrace, a bench in a modern mudroom, or dining chair cushions under a pergola. It pairs well with white oak, black steel and light concrete. Add pillows in mustard or blush for color. Each cushion is cut to your size, with your choice of foam, optional piping and a zipper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44419733160171,"sku":"SJA-3792-137","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Canvas-Dark-Smoke-Cushion.png?v=1702680509"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-flanelle-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas Flanelle Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eLike a favorite flannel shirt, \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas Flanelle\u003c\/strong\u003e has a soft, heathered gray character. This canvas weave is solution-dyed, so it holds up to sun, resists mildew and cleans easily. Use it for a window seat cushion in a reading nook, a porch glider, or outdoor sectional cushions on a cedar deck. It pairs well with warm wood, cream throws and black metal. The muted tone works in modern and rustic homes. We make every cushion to your exact measurements, with Luxury or High Density foam and optional piping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44419754885355,"sku":"SJA-3757-137","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Canvas-Flanelle-Cushion.png?v=1702680534"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-lead-chine-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas Lead Chine Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eChine fabrics use mixed yarns for a heathered look, and \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas Lead Chine\u003c\/strong\u003e gives that texture a cool gray tone. It resists fading and mildew and cleans easily, so it works well outdoors. Choose it for a modern outdoor sofa, a long bench cushion on a stone patio, or a sun pad by the pool. It pairs with black frames, white walls and warm wood decking. The heathered surface helps hide everyday wear. We make each cushion to order, any shape, with your foam and an optional piped edge.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44419775463659,"sku":"SJA-3756-137","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Canvas-Lead-Chine-Cushion.png?v=1742904323"},{"product_id":"sunbrella-canvas-lichen-cushion","title":"Sunbrella - Canvas Lichen Cushion","description":"\u003cp\u003eSoft green with a hint of gray, \u003cstrong\u003eSunbrella Canvas Lichen\u003c\/strong\u003e brings a calm, natural tone inspired by garden stones. The solution-dyed canvas resists fading and mildew, so it handles shade and sun alike. Use it for a garden bench, cushions on a teak dining set, or a sunroom chaise surrounded by plants. Lichen pairs well with cream, terracotta and weathered wood. It suits cottage and modern organic homes. We cut every cushion to your measurements, with your choice of foam, optional ties and a zippered cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Types Explained  (Covered Under A 3-Year Warranty)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHigh Density Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ideal for seats, chairs, and mattresses, this medium-feel foam is perfect for regular to heavy usage. However, for dining room seats of 1\" to 2\", our Lux Foam is a better fit. This high-quality foam boasts a lifespan of about 16 years, with a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 35lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLuxury Foam :\u003c\/strong\u003e Ranging from firm to extremely firm based on thickness, it's suitable for regular to heavy use. Thicknesses of 1\" to 6\" are firm, while 7\" to 8\" are extremely firm (or firm for body weights over 200 pounds). This foam, lasting up to 16 years, has a density of 2.8 lb\/ft³ and a 50lb ILD. It's also recommended for dining room seats between 1\" to 3\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDry Fast Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Medium-firm and highly durable, this foam is excellent for outdoor furniture, patio cushions, and boat applications, with a typical life of 5-8 years. It has a 1.8 lb\/ft³ density and a 60lb ILD, known for its rapid water drainage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuper Soft Foam:\u003c\/strong\u003e Best used for the back of sofa cushions and mattress toppers, especially for bed sores. However, it's not recommended for chair or seating cushions. This soft foam, with a lifespan of about 5 years, features a 1.2 lb\/ft³ density and a 12lb ILD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDacron Wrap:\u003c\/strong\u003e Enhancing foam cushions without compromising support, this polyester fiberfill wrap adds a layer of comfort. It covers the entire cushion with a 1\" thick layer of fiberfill, ensuring a snug fit in the cover. Our unique application uses fine upholstery staples that don't damage the foam insert or the cover. For a DIY approach, check out our guide on applying fiberfill with staples.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n \u003cstrong\u003eFiber Fill:\u003c\/strong\u003e This is filling is recommended for back cushions and not seat cushions, to give the back an extra soft place to lean back on. 100% Pure polyester filling. The 100% Pure polyester filling provides a supportive yet comfortable place to rest your back on. It's the perfect addition to any back cushion.\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNote:\u003c\/strong\u003e When ordering, maintain your cushion measurements as is; the fiberfill wrap ensures a snug, sag-free fit in the cover without needing size adjustments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow To Order\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnter in the dimensions above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlease enter dimensions in INCHES\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions between 1\/4\" increments will be rounded up to the nearest 1\/4\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo NOT reduce dimensions to compensate for Dacron fiberfill wrap addition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePiping\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePiping\/Batting is the beading that can be sewn around the edge of each cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushion piping is made from a length of cord covered in a strip of matching fabric, folded over, and sewn into the seam of the cushion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt gives the cushion more stability and a nice neat finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTies\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTies can be extremely useful when you need to secure\/tie your cushions to the seat or back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you cannot see an option for the ties you want, please drop us a Email!\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFoam Thickness and Gluing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe biggest single-piece foam thickness that can be cut is 6\". For cushions with a thickness above 6\", two pieces of foam need to be bonded together to achieve the correct size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eUp to and including 6\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from a solid piece of foam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cu\u003eOver 6\" up to and including 8\"\u003c\/u\u003e: Cushion will be made from two pieces of the same foam that will be glued together. There will be no additional gluing charge in this instance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor cushions over 8\" thick or containing layers of different foam types, please \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/pages\/contact\"\u003eContact Us\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing Tolerances\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhile we try to make it with high accuracy there could be a tolerance difference for custom order of ± 1\" for length and width \u0026amp; ± 1\/2\" for thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Sunbrella","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44419787817195,"sku":"SJA-3970-137","price":123.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0674\/9018\/5451\/files\/Sunbrella-Canvas-Lichen-Cushion-7.png?v=1702680613"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.fabricakraft.com\/collections\/bench-window-seat-cushions.oembed","provider":"Fabrica Kraft ","version":"1.0","type":"link"}